1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
32 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
33 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
35 struct elf_info_failed
37 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
41 /* This structure is used to pass information to
42 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
44 struct elf_find_verdep_info
46 /* General link information. */
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
48 /* The number of dependencies. */
50 /* Whether we had a failure. */
54 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
55 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
57 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
59 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
60 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
61 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
65 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
66 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
67 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
69 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
72 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
73 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
74 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
75 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
76 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
80 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
82 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
85 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
89 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
192 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
195 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
198 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
201 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
202 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
204 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
206 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
207 shared library does not. */
208 if (info
->executable
)
210 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
211 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
216 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
217 if they are not needed. */
218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
230 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
231 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
233 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
236 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
237 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
249 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
252 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
253 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
254 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
255 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
256 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
257 to decide how to initialize the process. */
258 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
259 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
265 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
266 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
270 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
273 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
275 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
276 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
280 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
281 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
282 variable count of 32-bit words. */
283 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
284 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
286 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
289 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
290 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
291 the .got and .plt sections. */
292 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
293 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
301 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
304 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
306 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
310 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
312 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
313 .rel[a].bss sections. */
314 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
317 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
318 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
319 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
320 to read in from the object file. */
321 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
323 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
324 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
325 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
329 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
333 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
335 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
337 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
338 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
339 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
345 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
346 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
347 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
349 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
353 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
356 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
358 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
359 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
360 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
361 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
362 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
363 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
364 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
365 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
369 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
370 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
371 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
372 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
373 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
374 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
375 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
376 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
377 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
378 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
382 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
383 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
384 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
385 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
387 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
395 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
396 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
397 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
398 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
399 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
400 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
404 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
407 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
414 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
415 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
416 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
417 this would not be necessary. */
418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
422 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
423 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
426 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
434 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
435 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
437 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
440 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
446 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
448 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
449 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
451 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
452 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
453 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
454 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
455 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
458 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
463 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
465 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
471 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
474 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
478 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
480 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
481 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
484 if ((info
->dynamic_data
485 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
490 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
494 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
495 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
498 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
505 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
512 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
516 switch (h
->root
.type
)
518 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
524 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
525 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
526 may depend on this. */
527 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
528 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
529 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
532 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
535 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
536 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
537 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
540 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
541 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
542 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
543 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
545 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
546 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
547 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
550 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
555 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
556 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
557 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
558 force the correct value. */
562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
564 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
565 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
566 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
567 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
571 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
578 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
579 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
580 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
583 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
585 if (!info
->relocatable
587 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
588 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
594 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
597 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
600 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
601 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
602 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
603 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
604 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
606 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
614 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
615 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
616 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
619 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
624 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
625 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
626 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
627 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
629 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
630 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
632 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
635 /* See if the entry exists already. */
636 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
637 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
640 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
641 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
645 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
646 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
647 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
649 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
653 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
654 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
658 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
659 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
661 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
662 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
663 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
668 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
669 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
670 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
672 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
675 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
676 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
681 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
682 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
684 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
686 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
688 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
689 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
690 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
691 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
694 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
696 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
698 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
703 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
706 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
710 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
712 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
713 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
718 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
719 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
720 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
723 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
726 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
731 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
732 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
738 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
739 STB_LOCAL binding. */
742 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
745 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
747 if (!h
->forced_local
)
750 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
751 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
756 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
757 omitted when creating a shared library. */
759 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
760 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
765 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
769 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
770 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
772 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
773 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
776 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
777 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
779 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
780 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
781 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
785 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
786 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
787 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
792 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
793 against any other section. */
799 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
800 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
801 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
802 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
806 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
807 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
808 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
810 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
812 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
816 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
817 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
818 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
819 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
820 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
822 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
824 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
826 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
827 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
830 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
832 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
833 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
834 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
837 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
838 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
841 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
842 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
843 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
844 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
847 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
851 /* Merge st_other field. */
854 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
855 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
856 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
861 code might be needed here. */
862 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
863 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
868 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
869 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
871 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
872 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
873 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
874 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
876 else if (definition
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
877 h
->protected_def
= 1;
880 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
881 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
882 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
883 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
884 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
885 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
886 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
887 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
888 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
889 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
890 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
891 type or size does change. */
894 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
895 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
902 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
903 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
905 bfd_boolean
*override
,
906 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
907 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
909 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
912 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
915 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
916 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
923 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
925 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
926 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
928 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
929 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
934 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
936 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
937 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
939 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
943 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
948 switch (h
->root
.type
)
953 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
954 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
955 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
958 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
959 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
960 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
961 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
964 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
965 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
966 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
968 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
971 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
974 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
975 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
976 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
977 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
979 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
981 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
982 if we are doing an ELF link. */
983 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
986 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
987 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
989 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
991 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
992 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
994 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
996 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
997 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
998 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
999 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1000 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1001 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1002 reference to the executable symbol. */
1005 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1007 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1009 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1010 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1016 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1020 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1021 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1022 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1024 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1030 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1031 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1032 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1033 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1034 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1035 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1037 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1038 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1039 || !h
->def_regular
))
1044 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1045 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1047 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1048 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1049 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1052 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1053 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1055 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1057 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1058 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1059 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1061 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1062 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1064 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1065 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1067 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1068 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1070 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1071 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1072 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. */
1073 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1077 && (((olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1078 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1079 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1080 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1081 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1083 && ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
1084 != (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))))
1090 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1091 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1092 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1094 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1095 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1096 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1097 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1100 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1101 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1103 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1124 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1125 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1126 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1127 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1129 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1130 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1131 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1133 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1134 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1135 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1136 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1138 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1139 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1140 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1141 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1143 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1147 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1148 definition from a dynamic object. */
1150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1151 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1154 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1156 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1157 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1158 recorded as dynamic.
1160 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1161 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1162 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1167 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1170 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1171 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1172 object, we remove the old definition. */
1173 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1175 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1176 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1177 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1178 was referenced before. */
1181 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1182 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1183 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1185 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1186 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1188 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1189 any dynamic link state. */
1190 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1191 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1198 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1208 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1209 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1210 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1211 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1212 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1213 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1214 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1215 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1217 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1218 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1222 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1223 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1226 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1228 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1229 any dynamic link state. */
1230 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1231 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1237 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1243 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1244 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1245 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1246 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1247 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1248 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1249 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1251 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1252 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1254 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1256 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1259 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1260 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1261 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1263 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1264 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1265 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1270 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1271 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1273 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1274 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1277 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1278 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1280 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1281 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1282 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1283 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1284 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1285 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1286 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1287 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1288 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1289 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1290 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1293 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1294 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1296 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1297 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1298 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1299 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1300 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1306 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1307 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1310 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1312 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1316 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1318 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1319 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1322 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1324 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1326 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1327 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1328 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1330 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1335 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1336 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1341 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1343 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1344 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1345 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1346 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1347 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1349 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1350 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1353 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1354 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1356 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1359 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1360 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1361 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1362 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1363 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1364 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1366 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1367 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1368 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1369 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1370 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1371 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1376 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1377 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1381 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1383 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1384 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1386 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1387 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1388 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1389 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1390 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1392 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1393 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1396 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1397 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1398 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1399 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1403 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1407 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1408 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1409 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1410 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1413 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1414 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1416 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1417 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1418 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1419 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1425 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1426 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1428 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1429 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1430 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1434 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1439 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1440 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1441 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1442 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1443 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1445 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1446 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1447 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1452 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1453 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1458 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1459 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1462 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1463 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1464 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1467 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1469 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1470 overriding a function. */
1472 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1476 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1477 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1480 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1482 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1485 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1488 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1489 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1490 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1491 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1494 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1495 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1496 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1497 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1498 in the shared library. */
1501 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1504 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1505 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1506 or the alignment. */
1507 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1508 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1511 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1512 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1514 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1517 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1518 in the dynamic object. */
1519 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1520 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1523 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1525 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1526 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1528 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1529 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1531 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1534 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1539 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1540 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1541 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1542 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1543 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1544 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1545 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1546 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1550 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1557 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1558 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1559 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1560 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1563 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1564 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1567 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1571 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1573 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1574 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1578 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1579 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1580 bfd_boolean collect
;
1581 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1582 bfd_boolean override
;
1584 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1587 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1588 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1589 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1590 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1591 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1592 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1595 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1596 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1597 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1599 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1600 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1601 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1603 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1604 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1606 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1607 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1608 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1609 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1610 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1611 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1613 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1614 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1615 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1624 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1625 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1626 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1628 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1632 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1633 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1634 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1635 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1636 name, and it is the default version.
1638 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1639 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1640 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1642 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1643 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1644 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1645 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1646 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1647 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1648 definition in the regular object. */
1650 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1651 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1652 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1655 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1659 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1663 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1668 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1669 other fields correctly. */
1673 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1674 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1675 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1677 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1678 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1679 the user in that case. */
1681 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1685 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1686 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1688 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1689 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1690 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1691 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1692 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1694 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1700 if (! info
->executable
1707 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1713 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1717 len
= strlen (name
);
1718 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1719 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1721 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1722 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1724 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1725 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1726 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1728 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1729 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1730 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1738 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1739 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1740 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1741 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1742 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1743 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1744 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1750 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1751 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1752 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1754 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1756 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1757 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1758 to the user in that case. */
1760 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1762 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1763 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1764 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1766 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1772 if (! info
->executable
1778 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1788 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1789 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1792 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1794 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1796 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1797 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1800 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1801 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1804 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1805 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1806 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1807 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1809 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1819 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1820 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1821 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1822 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1825 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1828 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1829 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1830 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1833 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1838 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
1839 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1840 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
1843 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1844 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1848 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1851 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1852 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1858 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1863 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1866 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1870 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1871 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1872 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1876 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1879 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1883 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1884 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1885 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1887 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1889 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1890 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1892 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1895 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1902 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1903 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1904 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1905 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1908 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1910 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1911 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1913 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1917 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1920 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1923 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1926 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1930 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1932 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1935 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1936 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1937 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1939 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1944 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1945 not a hidden symbol. */
1947 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1953 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1961 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1962 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1964 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1968 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1970 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1971 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1974 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1977 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1978 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1979 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1980 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1982 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1986 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1987 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1989 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1991 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1993 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1996 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1997 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2005 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2006 version node for this version. */
2007 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2009 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2012 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2013 to worry about it. */
2014 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2018 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2021 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2026 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2030 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2031 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2032 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2034 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2038 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2042 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2046 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2047 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2048 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2049 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2050 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2051 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2052 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2060 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2062 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2067 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2068 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2069 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2070 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2076 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2077 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2078 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2079 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2080 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2081 relocations should be stored.
2083 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2086 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2088 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2089 void *external_relocs
,
2090 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2092 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2093 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2094 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2095 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2096 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2097 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2100 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2101 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2104 /* Read the relocations. */
2105 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2108 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2109 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2111 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2113 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2114 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2115 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2116 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2117 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2124 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2125 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2126 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2127 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2131 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2132 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2133 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2137 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2139 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2140 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2141 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2143 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2148 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2150 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2151 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2152 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2154 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2158 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2159 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2165 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2166 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2167 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2168 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2169 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2170 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2171 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2172 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2173 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2176 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2178 void *external_relocs
,
2179 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2180 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2182 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2183 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2184 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2185 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2186 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2188 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2189 return esdo
->relocs
;
2191 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2194 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2198 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2199 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2201 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2203 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2204 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2208 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2210 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2213 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2215 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2217 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2220 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2223 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2226 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2230 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2231 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2232 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2233 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2237 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2239 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2242 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2244 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2249 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2250 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2252 return internal_relocs
;
2260 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2267 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2268 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2271 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2272 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2276 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2277 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2279 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2280 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2281 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2282 we zero the allocated space. */
2283 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2284 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2287 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2289 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2291 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2292 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2296 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2302 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2303 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2307 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2308 asection
*input_section
,
2309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2310 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2314 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2315 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2317 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2318 asection
*output_section
;
2319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2320 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2321 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2323 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2325 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2326 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2327 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2329 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2330 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2332 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2333 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2335 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2336 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2340 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2341 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2342 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2347 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2348 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2349 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2350 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2351 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2352 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2354 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2355 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2356 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2359 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2361 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2366 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2369 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2370 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2374 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2375 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2380 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2381 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2382 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2383 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2384 the face of future changes. */
2387 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2388 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2392 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2393 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2394 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2395 an ELF dynamic object. */
2398 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2399 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2401 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2402 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2405 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2409 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2410 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2411 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2414 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2420 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2424 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2433 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2434 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2435 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2436 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2437 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2438 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2439 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2440 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2442 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2443 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2444 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2445 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2446 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2450 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2451 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2452 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2453 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2456 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2457 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2458 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2459 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2460 flag will not have been set. */
2461 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2465 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2468 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2469 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2470 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2471 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2472 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2473 will force it local. */
2475 && eif
->info
->shared
2476 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2477 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2478 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2481 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2483 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2484 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2485 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2488 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2489 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2490 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2491 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2492 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2494 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2495 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2496 over to the real definition. */
2497 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2499 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2500 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2501 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2502 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2503 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2508 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2509 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2511 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2512 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2513 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2514 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2515 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2516 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2523 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2524 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2528 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2530 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2534 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2537 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2538 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2541 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2542 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2545 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2546 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2547 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2548 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2549 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2550 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2551 referenced by another one? */
2553 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2557 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2563 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2564 can happen via a recursive call. */
2565 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2568 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2569 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2570 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2571 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2572 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2574 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2575 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2576 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2577 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2579 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2580 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2581 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2582 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2583 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2584 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2585 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2588 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2589 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2590 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2591 extern int timezone;
2593 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2594 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2595 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2596 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2597 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2598 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2599 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2600 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2602 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2604 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2605 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2606 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2608 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2609 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2610 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2614 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2615 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2616 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2617 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2618 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2620 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2622 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2623 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2624 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2626 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2629 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2638 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2642 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2643 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2646 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2648 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2650 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2651 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2652 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2653 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2654 for the minimum alignment. */
2655 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2656 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2657 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2663 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2666 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2667 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2672 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2673 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2675 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2676 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2677 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2679 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2680 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2682 if (h
->protected_def
)
2684 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2685 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is invalid\n"),
2686 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2693 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2694 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2697 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2701 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2702 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2703 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2704 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2706 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2708 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2709 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2710 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2711 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2712 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2718 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2719 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2720 considered to bind dynamically. */
2723 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2724 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2725 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2727 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2728 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2729 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2734 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2735 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2736 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2738 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2739 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2741 if (h
->forced_local
)
2744 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2745 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2746 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2748 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2755 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2756 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2759 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2761 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2762 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2763 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2764 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2765 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2772 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2773 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2776 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2777 us that it remains local. */
2778 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2781 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2782 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2783 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2784 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2785 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2786 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2787 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2788 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2789 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2790 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2791 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2792 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2795 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2796 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2797 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2799 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2800 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2802 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2806 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2807 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2808 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2811 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2812 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2813 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2815 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2816 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2817 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2820 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2821 if (h
->forced_local
)
2824 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2825 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2828 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2829 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2830 shared libraries. */
2831 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2834 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2835 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2836 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2839 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2840 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2845 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2846 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2849 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2850 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2851 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2852 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2853 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2854 return local_protected
;
2857 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2858 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2860 struct bfd_section
*
2861 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2863 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2864 unsigned int align
= 0;
2866 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2867 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2871 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2872 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2873 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2875 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2877 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2878 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2880 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2885 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2887 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2888 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2890 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2892 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2893 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2894 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2897 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2898 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2899 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2902 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2903 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2906 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2907 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2908 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2911 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2912 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2913 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2914 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2916 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2918 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2919 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2920 in the same way that it used to do. */
2926 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2927 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2928 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2930 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2933 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2934 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2935 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2937 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2938 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2941 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2945 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2948 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2949 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2950 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2952 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2954 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2956 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2957 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2958 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2960 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2965 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2966 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2969 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2972 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2973 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2975 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2978 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2980 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2984 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2989 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2991 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3001 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3004 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3008 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3011 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3012 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3013 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3015 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3016 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3019 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3020 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3021 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3023 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3024 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3025 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3029 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3030 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3033 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3038 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3039 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3040 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3043 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3044 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3048 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3049 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3051 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3054 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3055 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3056 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3059 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3065 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3066 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3068 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3069 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3070 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3072 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3074 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3075 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3076 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3078 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3086 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3089 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3093 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3094 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3100 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3102 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3103 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (needed
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3104 && strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3110 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3112 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3114 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3115 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3116 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3118 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3119 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3120 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3122 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3125 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3127 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3129 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3130 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3133 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3134 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3137 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3139 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3141 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3142 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3146 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3150 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3153 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3154 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3155 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3158 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3161 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3162 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3164 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3165 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3166 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3168 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3169 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3170 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3171 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3173 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3175 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3179 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3189 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3194 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3197 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3198 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3199 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3200 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3202 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3203 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3205 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3206 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3211 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3212 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3214 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3218 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3220 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3221 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3223 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3225 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3226 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3227 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3229 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3230 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3231 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3234 while (def
.vd_next
);
3237 /* Adjust version references. */
3238 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3243 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3244 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3246 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3250 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3252 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3253 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3254 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3255 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3256 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3258 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3259 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3260 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3262 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3264 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3265 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3268 while (need
.vn_next
);
3274 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3275 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3279 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3280 const bfd_target
*output
)
3282 return input
== output
;
3285 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3286 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3287 are virtually identical. */
3290 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3291 const bfd_target
*output
)
3293 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3295 if (input
== output
)
3298 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3299 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3301 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3304 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3305 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3308 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3309 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3310 processing the lib. */
3313 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3314 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3315 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3317 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3320 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3323 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3325 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3327 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3328 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3329 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3330 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3331 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3332 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3333 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3336 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3340 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3341 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3342 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3344 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3345 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3346 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3347 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3348 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3350 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3351 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3352 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3353 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3356 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3358 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3359 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3361 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3367 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3368 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3369 the format of the output file. */
3370 if (info
->relocatable
3371 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3372 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3374 if (info
->relocatable
)
3375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3382 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3383 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3384 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3385 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3386 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3387 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3388 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3389 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3390 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3391 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3393 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3394 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3395 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3396 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3397 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3398 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3402 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3403 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3408 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3410 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3411 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3412 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3413 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3414 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3415 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3416 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3417 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3423 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3425 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3427 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3428 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3433 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3437 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3442 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3443 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3444 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3447 if (!info
->relocatable
&& info
->executable
)
3449 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3450 not get copied into the output file. */
3453 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3454 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3455 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3460 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3461 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3466 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3467 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3468 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3469 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. FIXME: If there
3470 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3471 make a shared library. */
3474 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3475 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3476 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3478 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3482 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3486 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3488 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3491 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3492 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3496 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3497 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3498 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3499 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3500 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3501 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3503 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3504 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3505 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3507 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3512 unsigned int elfsec
;
3513 unsigned long shlink
;
3515 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3522 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3523 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3524 goto error_free_dyn
;
3525 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3527 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3528 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3529 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3531 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3533 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3534 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3536 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3537 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3539 goto error_free_dyn
;
3541 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3543 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3545 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3547 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3548 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3549 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3550 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3551 goto error_free_dyn
;
3552 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3553 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3555 goto error_free_dyn
;
3556 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3560 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3564 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3566 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3568 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3570 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3571 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3572 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3573 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3574 goto error_free_dyn
;
3575 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3576 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3578 goto error_free_dyn
;
3579 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3583 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3589 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3590 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3592 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3594 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3596 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3597 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3598 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3599 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3600 goto error_free_dyn
;
3601 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3602 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3604 goto error_free_dyn
;
3605 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3615 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3617 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3618 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3625 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3626 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3632 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3633 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3638 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3639 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3640 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3641 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3642 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3643 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3645 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3647 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3648 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3649 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3650 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3652 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3654 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3655 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3656 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3659 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3660 will need to know it. */
3661 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3663 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3667 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3668 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3669 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3673 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3674 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3677 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3678 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3679 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3680 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3682 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3683 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3685 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3687 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3689 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3690 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3692 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3694 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3699 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3700 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3703 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3704 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3706 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3708 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3711 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3713 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
3715 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3716 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3717 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3718 goto error_free_sym
;
3719 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3725 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3726 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3727 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3728 goto error_free_sym
;
3730 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3731 to internal format. */
3732 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3736 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3737 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3738 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3739 goto error_free_sym
;
3740 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3741 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3742 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3743 goto error_free_vers
;
3747 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3748 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3749 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3750 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3755 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3757 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3758 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3760 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3762 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3763 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3764 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3765 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3769 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3770 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
3771 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3772 goto error_free_vers
;
3774 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3775 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3776 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3777 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3778 goto error_free_vers
;
3780 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3781 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3782 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
3783 goto error_free_vers
;
3785 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
3786 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3787 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3788 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3789 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3790 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3791 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3792 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3793 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3794 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3795 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3797 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3799 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3800 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3802 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3804 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3805 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3806 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3807 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3809 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3810 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3817 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3818 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3820 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3824 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3827 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3829 bfd_boolean definition
;
3830 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3831 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3832 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3833 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3834 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3835 bfd_boolean override
;
3837 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3842 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3844 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3845 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3847 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3851 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3852 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3853 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3858 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3866 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3867 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3871 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3875 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3876 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3877 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3878 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3879 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3881 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3882 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3883 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3884 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3888 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3890 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3891 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3893 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3895 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3896 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3898 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3902 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3905 goto error_free_vers
;
3907 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3908 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3910 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3914 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3916 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3918 goto error_free_vers
;
3922 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3923 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3924 && !info
->relocatable
)
3926 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3930 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3931 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3932 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3934 goto error_free_vers
;
3938 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3940 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3942 goto error_free_vers
;
3944 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3945 should be skipped for some reason. */
3950 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3954 goto error_free_vers
;
3957 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
3958 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
3959 for this executable. */
3960 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3961 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3964 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3965 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3970 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3971 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3977 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3979 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3980 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3985 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3986 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3987 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3992 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3994 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3996 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3997 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3998 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
3999 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4000 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4001 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4003 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4004 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4007 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4010 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4012 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4014 else if (vernum
> 1)
4016 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4022 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4023 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4026 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4027 goto error_free_vers
;
4032 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4033 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4034 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4036 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4039 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4043 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4045 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4047 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4049 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4058 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4059 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4060 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4062 goto error_free_vers
;
4066 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4067 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4068 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4069 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4070 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4073 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4074 if (newname
== NULL
)
4075 goto error_free_vers
;
4076 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4077 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4079 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4080 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4081 default version of the symbol. */
4082 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4083 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4085 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4090 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4091 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4095 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
4096 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4097 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4098 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4100 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4101 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4102 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4103 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4104 goto error_free_vers
;
4113 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4114 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4115 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4117 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4120 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4123 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4124 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4125 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4126 goto error_free_vers
;
4129 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4132 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4133 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4134 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4138 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4139 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4143 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4144 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4145 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4147 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4148 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4149 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4150 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4151 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4152 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4153 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4154 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4155 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4156 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4157 definition anyhow. */
4159 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4164 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4165 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4166 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4171 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4174 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4175 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4176 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4178 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4179 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4181 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4184 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4186 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4187 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4188 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4189 object and a shared object. */
4190 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4192 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4193 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4194 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4201 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4202 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4214 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4215 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4216 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4217 && (! info
->executable
4227 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4232 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4235 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4236 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4237 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4240 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4242 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4246 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4247 the default name. */
4249 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4250 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4251 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4252 goto error_free_vers
;
4254 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4255 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4256 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4257 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4258 alignment is maintained. */
4259 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4260 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4262 unsigned int common_align
;
4263 unsigned int normal_align
;
4264 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4268 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4269 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4271 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4272 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4273 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4275 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4276 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4277 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4280 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4284 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4285 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4290 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4292 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4295 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4297 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4298 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4299 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4300 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4301 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4302 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4303 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4305 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4306 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4307 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4308 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4309 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4313 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4314 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4315 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4316 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4319 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4320 && ! size_change_ok
)
4321 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4322 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4323 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4325 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4326 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4328 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4331 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4332 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4333 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4334 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4335 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4337 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4338 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4340 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4341 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4342 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4343 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4345 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4347 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4349 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4350 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4353 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4355 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4356 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4357 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4358 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4359 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4365 /* Merge st_other field. */
4366 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4368 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4369 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4372 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4373 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4378 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4379 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4382 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4384 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4385 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4387 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4388 aliases can be checked. */
4391 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4392 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4394 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4396 goto error_free_vers
;
4398 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4402 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4404 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4405 goto error_free_vers
;
4406 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4408 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4410 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4411 goto error_free_vers
;
4414 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4415 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4416 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4422 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4427 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd. */
4431 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4433 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4434 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4435 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4436 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4439 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4441 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4442 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4444 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4445 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4446 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4447 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4450 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4452 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4453 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4456 goto error_free_vers
;
4459 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4460 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4463 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4465 goto error_free_vers
;
4467 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4472 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4478 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4484 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4488 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4489 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4490 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4491 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4492 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4493 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4494 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4495 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4496 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4497 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4498 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore_size (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4499 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4501 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4502 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4504 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4506 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4508 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4509 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4510 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4511 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4512 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4513 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4515 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4516 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4517 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4519 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4521 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4522 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4527 alignment_power
= 0;
4529 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4530 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4531 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4532 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4534 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4535 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4536 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4538 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4540 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4541 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4542 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4543 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4548 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4549 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4550 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4551 goto error_free_vers
;
4554 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4556 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4557 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4561 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4563 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4564 goto error_free_vers
;
4569 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4570 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4571 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4573 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4575 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4578 char *shortname
, *p
;
4580 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4582 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4583 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4586 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4587 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4589 goto error_free_vers
;
4590 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4591 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4593 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4594 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4595 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4597 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4598 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4599 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4601 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4602 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4603 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4604 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4605 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4607 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4608 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4610 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4616 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4617 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4620 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4621 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4622 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4623 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4624 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4625 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4626 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4627 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4628 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4629 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4630 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4631 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4641 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4642 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4643 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4644 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4645 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4646 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4648 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4649 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4650 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4652 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4656 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4657 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4665 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4666 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4669 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4674 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
4677 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4678 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4680 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4681 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4682 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4683 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4684 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4685 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4691 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4693 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4694 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4701 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4711 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4715 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4716 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4717 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4718 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4721 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4722 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4723 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4727 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4728 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4729 the largest size. */
4732 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4734 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4735 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4736 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4738 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4740 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4742 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4743 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4745 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4747 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4750 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4755 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4756 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4757 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4758 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4759 real definition and the weak definition. */
4760 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4762 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4763 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4770 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4773 if (bed
->check_directives
4774 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4777 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4778 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4781 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4782 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4783 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4784 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4785 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4786 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4787 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4788 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4789 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4790 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4792 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4793 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4795 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4796 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4797 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4798 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4802 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4804 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4807 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4808 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4809 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4810 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4811 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4814 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4816 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4819 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4821 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4822 free (internal_relocs
);
4829 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4830 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4832 && ! info
->traditional_format
4833 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4834 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4838 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4839 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4841 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4844 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4845 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4846 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4847 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4848 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4849 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4851 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4853 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4854 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4855 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4858 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4859 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4864 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4866 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4867 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4869 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4870 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4874 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4881 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4883 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4884 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4885 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4888 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4894 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4895 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4898 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4899 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4906 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4910 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4911 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4912 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4913 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4915 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4916 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4919 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4920 len
= strlen (name
);
4921 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4923 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4925 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4926 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4927 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4929 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4932 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4934 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4935 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4936 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4939 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4943 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4944 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
4945 handle versioned symbols.
4947 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4948 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4949 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4950 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4953 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4954 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4957 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4960 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
4964 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4966 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4968 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4970 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4971 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4973 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4977 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4978 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4979 second and subsequent passes. */
4980 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4984 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
4985 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4986 if (included
== NULL
)
4989 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4990 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4991 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5004 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5005 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5009 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5014 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5020 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5021 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5027 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5029 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5030 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5031 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5032 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5035 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5036 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5037 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5038 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5039 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5041 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5044 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5046 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5047 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5052 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5053 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5054 if (element
== NULL
)
5057 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5060 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5062 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5063 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5065 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5068 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5069 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5070 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5071 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5072 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5073 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5074 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5075 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5078 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5079 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5083 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5088 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5090 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5091 on through the loop. */
5092 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5102 if (included
!= NULL
)
5107 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5111 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5113 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5116 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5118 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5125 struct hash_codes_info
5127 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5131 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5132 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5135 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5137 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5143 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5144 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5147 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5148 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5151 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5157 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5158 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5162 /* Compute the hash value. */
5163 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5165 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5166 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5168 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5170 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5178 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5181 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5182 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5183 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5184 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5185 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5186 unsigned long int *indx
;
5187 unsigned long int *counts
;
5190 long int min_dynindx
;
5191 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5192 unsigned long int symindx
;
5193 long int local_indx
;
5194 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5195 unsigned long int mask
;
5199 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5200 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5203 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5205 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5211 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5212 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5215 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5216 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5219 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5220 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5223 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5229 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5230 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5234 /* Compute the hash value. */
5235 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5237 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5238 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5239 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5240 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5242 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5243 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5251 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5252 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5255 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5257 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5258 unsigned long int bucket
;
5259 unsigned long int val
;
5261 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5262 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5265 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5266 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5268 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5269 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5273 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5274 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5275 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5276 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5278 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5279 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5280 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5281 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5283 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5284 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5285 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5286 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5290 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5293 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5295 return !(h
->forced_local
5296 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5297 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5298 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5299 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5300 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5303 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5304 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5305 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5306 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5307 than 32771 buckets. */
5309 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5311 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5315 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5316 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5317 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5318 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5319 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5320 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5321 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5322 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5324 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5325 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5326 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5329 size_t best_size
= 0;
5330 unsigned long int i
;
5332 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5333 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5334 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5335 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5340 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5341 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5342 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5344 unsigned long int *counts
;
5346 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5348 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5349 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5351 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5354 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5359 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5363 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5364 since the size could be large. */
5366 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5367 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5371 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5372 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5374 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5376 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5377 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5378 unsigned long int j
;
5379 unsigned long int fact
;
5381 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5384 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5386 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5387 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5388 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5390 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5391 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5392 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5393 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5394 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5395 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5396 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5399 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5401 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5404 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5405 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5406 over a few long chains). */
5407 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5408 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5410 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5411 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5414 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5415 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5416 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5417 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5418 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5420 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5421 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5422 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5426 /* Compare with current best results. */
5427 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5431 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5433 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5434 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5435 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5442 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5444 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5445 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5446 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5447 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5449 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5450 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5453 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5460 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5463 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5467 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5468 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5469 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5474 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5475 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5476 undefined it is initialized. */
5479 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5480 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5481 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5482 bfd_vma default_size
)
5484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5486 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5488 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5489 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5490 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5491 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5493 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5495 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5496 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5497 if (info
->stacksize
)
5498 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5499 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5500 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5501 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5502 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5504 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5507 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5508 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5509 size, set it now. */
5510 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5512 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5513 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5514 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5516 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5518 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5519 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5520 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5521 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5522 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5525 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5527 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5533 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5534 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5535 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5536 addresses of the various sections. */
5539 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5542 const char *filter_shlib
,
5544 const char *depaudit
,
5545 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5546 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5547 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5549 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5551 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5552 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5556 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5558 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5561 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5563 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5564 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5565 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5566 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5567 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5568 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5570 if (info
->relocatable
5571 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5574 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5575 we're dynamic or not. */
5576 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5577 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5580 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5581 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5582 if (info
->execstack
)
5583 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5584 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5585 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5589 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5592 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5594 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5599 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5601 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5604 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5608 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5611 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5612 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5613 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5614 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5615 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5618 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5620 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5622 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5625 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5626 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5628 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5630 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5631 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5635 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5637 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5638 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5644 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5646 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5654 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5656 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5659 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5660 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5664 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5668 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5669 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5670 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5671 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5675 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5677 const char * const *p
;
5679 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5683 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5685 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5686 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5695 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5697 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5698 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5702 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5706 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5708 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5709 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5716 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5717 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5718 if (info
->export_dynamic
5719 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5721 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5722 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5728 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5729 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5730 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5731 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5733 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5734 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5735 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5738 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5740 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5742 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5743 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5745 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5746 if (newname
== NULL
)
5748 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5749 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5751 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5752 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5754 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5755 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5756 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5759 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5760 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5762 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5764 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5765 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5766 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5771 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5772 not defined in a shared object. */
5774 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5775 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5776 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5780 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5781 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5782 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5784 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5785 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5790 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5792 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5794 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5795 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5796 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5798 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5799 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5800 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5801 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5806 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5811 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5812 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5813 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5814 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5819 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5820 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5821 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5823 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5824 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5825 h
= (info
->init_function
5826 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5827 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5834 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5837 h
= (info
->fini_function
5838 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5839 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5846 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5850 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5851 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5853 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5854 if (! info
->executable
)
5859 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5860 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
5861 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5862 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5863 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5864 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5866 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5867 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5876 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5877 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5880 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5881 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5883 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5884 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5887 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5888 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5890 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5891 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5895 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5896 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5897 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5898 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5899 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5900 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5902 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5904 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5905 if ((info
->emit_hash
5906 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5907 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5908 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5909 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5910 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5911 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5912 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5913 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5918 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5921 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
5922 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5925 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5928 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5930 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5931 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5934 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5935 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5936 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5938 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5939 just linking a regular application. */
5940 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5942 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5943 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5944 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5946 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5947 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5952 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5954 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5955 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5956 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5963 /* Make space for the base version. */
5964 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5965 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5968 /* Make space for the default version. */
5969 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5971 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5975 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5977 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5979 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
5983 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5984 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5987 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5988 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5992 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5993 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5996 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6000 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6001 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6004 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6006 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6007 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6011 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6012 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6013 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6016 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6018 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6020 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6021 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6028 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6029 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6030 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6032 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6034 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6036 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6038 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6039 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6040 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6041 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6043 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6045 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6046 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6048 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6050 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6053 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6054 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6056 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6059 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6060 aux block, but different flags. */
6063 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6065 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6066 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6069 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6070 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6071 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6073 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6074 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6075 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6077 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6080 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6082 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6087 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6090 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6092 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6093 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6095 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6097 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6100 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6101 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6103 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6106 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6108 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6109 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6111 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6112 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6113 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6114 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6115 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6118 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6119 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6120 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6121 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6123 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6124 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6125 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6127 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6128 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6129 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6131 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6132 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6134 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6135 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6136 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6137 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6139 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6140 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6141 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6143 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6145 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6147 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6149 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6153 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6154 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6157 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6158 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6160 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6162 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6163 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6164 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6168 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6169 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6172 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6175 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6177 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6180 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6182 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6188 if (info
->executable
)
6189 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6192 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6196 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6198 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6199 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6201 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6204 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6205 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6207 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6209 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6210 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6215 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6216 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6219 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6224 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6227 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6231 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6233 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6235 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6236 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6240 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6241 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6245 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6250 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6254 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6257 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6259 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6260 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6261 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6262 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6264 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6267 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6268 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6271 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6272 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6274 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6275 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6276 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6278 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6280 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6281 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6282 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6283 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6286 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6289 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6291 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6292 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6293 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6297 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6298 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6301 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6305 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6306 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6307 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6308 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6310 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6311 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6317 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6318 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6320 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6324 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6325 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6326 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6328 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6333 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6334 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6336 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6340 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6341 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6342 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6343 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6344 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6346 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6350 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6351 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6352 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6353 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6355 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6359 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6360 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6361 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6365 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6367 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6369 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6372 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6373 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6375 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6379 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6380 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6381 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6383 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6385 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6386 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6387 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6388 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6390 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6391 §ion_sym_count
);
6393 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6394 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6395 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6396 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6397 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6399 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6400 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6401 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6404 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6408 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6409 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6410 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6411 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6412 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6413 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6414 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6415 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6416 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6418 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6420 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6421 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6424 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6425 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6426 ++section_sym_count
;
6427 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6430 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6432 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6433 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6434 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6436 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6437 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6439 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6441 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6443 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6444 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6446 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6447 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6448 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6450 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6451 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6453 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6454 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6455 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6462 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6464 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6467 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6470 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6472 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6473 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6474 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6475 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6476 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6477 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6480 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6481 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6482 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6485 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6488 unsigned char *contents
;
6489 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6493 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6495 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6496 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6498 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6499 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6500 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6503 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6504 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6505 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6508 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6509 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6510 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6513 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6518 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6520 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6522 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6526 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6527 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6529 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6531 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6532 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6533 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6534 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6535 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6536 if (contents
== NULL
)
6538 s
->contents
= contents
;
6539 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6540 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6541 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6542 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6543 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6544 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6545 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6546 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6547 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6548 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6549 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6550 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6551 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6555 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6556 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6560 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6562 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6564 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6565 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6567 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6568 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6570 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6576 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6577 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6578 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6579 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6580 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6581 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6582 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6583 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6585 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6589 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6590 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6591 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6592 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6594 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6595 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6596 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6597 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6599 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6600 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6602 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6603 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6605 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6606 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6607 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6609 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6610 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6611 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6612 if (contents
== NULL
)
6614 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6615 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6619 s
->contents
= contents
;
6620 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6621 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6622 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6623 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6624 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6626 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6628 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6629 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6631 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6635 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6637 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6638 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6639 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6641 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6642 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6644 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6646 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6649 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6650 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6654 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6655 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6657 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6659 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6661 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6662 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6669 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6672 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6675 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6676 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6679 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6682 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6687 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6690 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6691 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6692 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6693 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6694 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6696 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6698 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6699 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6700 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6701 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6703 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6704 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6707 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6708 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6709 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6713 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6715 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6716 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6717 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6720 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6724 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6725 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6730 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6731 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6735 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6737 /* Set local fields. */
6740 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6741 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6742 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6743 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6744 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6745 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6746 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6747 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6754 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6755 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6758 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6759 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6762 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6764 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6765 symbol which just became indirect. */
6767 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6768 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6769 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6770 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6771 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6772 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6774 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6777 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6778 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6779 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6780 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6782 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6783 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6784 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6785 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6788 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6790 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6791 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6792 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6793 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6796 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6798 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6799 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6800 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6801 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6803 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6808 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6809 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6810 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6812 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6813 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6815 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6820 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6821 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6824 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6830 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
6834 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6835 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6837 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6838 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6840 unsigned int entsize
,
6841 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6844 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6846 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6847 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6848 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6849 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6850 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6851 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6853 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6855 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6856 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6861 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6863 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6864 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6866 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6867 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6869 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
6873 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6874 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6880 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
6885 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
6888 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
6890 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6892 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
6893 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
6894 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
6895 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
6896 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
6899 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6900 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6901 entry for a dynamic object. */
6904 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6906 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6907 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6908 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6912 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6915 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6916 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6917 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6924 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6926 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6927 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6928 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6931 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6932 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6934 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6935 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6936 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6938 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6940 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6943 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6944 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6946 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6947 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6948 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6950 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6952 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6955 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6956 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6957 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6960 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6962 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6963 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6964 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6968 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6969 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6972 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6973 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6976 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6977 unsigned int elfsec
;
6978 unsigned long shlink
;
6979 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6981 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6985 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6986 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6989 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6990 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
6993 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
6996 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
6997 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7000 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7002 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7003 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7006 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7007 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7009 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7011 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7013 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7016 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7019 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7020 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7023 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7028 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7049 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7051 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7052 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7053 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7056 struct elf_symbuf_head
7058 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7059 bfd_size_type count
;
7060 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7068 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7073 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7076 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7078 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7079 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7081 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7085 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7087 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7088 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7089 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7092 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7093 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7095 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7096 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7097 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7098 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7100 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7104 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7105 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7106 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7109 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7110 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7113 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7114 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7115 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7118 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7119 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7120 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7121 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7127 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7128 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7129 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7130 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7131 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7133 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7136 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7137 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7138 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7140 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7141 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7142 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7145 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7146 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7153 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7157 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7158 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7162 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7163 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7164 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7165 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7166 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7167 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7168 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7169 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7175 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7176 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7177 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7180 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7183 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7184 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7185 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7188 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7189 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7190 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7191 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7192 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7193 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7195 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7201 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7202 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7204 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7206 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7208 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7211 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7212 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7213 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7216 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7218 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7220 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7223 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7224 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7225 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7228 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7230 /* Optimized faster version. */
7231 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7232 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7233 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7236 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7241 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7242 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7244 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7248 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7255 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7260 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7261 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7263 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7267 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7273 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7276 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7277 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7278 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7279 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7280 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7284 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7285 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7287 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7288 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7294 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7295 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7297 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7298 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7303 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7304 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7305 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7306 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7307 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7309 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7310 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7311 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7312 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7313 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7320 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7321 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7322 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7323 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7324 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7327 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7329 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7330 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7331 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7334 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7335 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7336 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7338 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7341 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7343 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7344 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7346 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7348 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7349 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7351 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7352 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7353 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7354 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7355 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7357 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7358 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7359 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7360 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7361 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7379 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7382 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7383 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7387 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7388 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7391 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7394 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7396 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7398 struct elf_final_link_info
7400 /* General link information. */
7401 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7404 /* Symbol string table. */
7405 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7406 /* .dynsym section. */
7407 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7408 /* .hash section. */
7410 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7411 asection
*symver_sec
;
7412 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7414 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7415 void *external_relocs
;
7416 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7417 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7418 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7420 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7421 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7422 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7423 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7425 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7426 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7427 of any input BFD. */
7429 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7430 symbol of any input BFD. */
7431 asection
**sections
;
7432 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7434 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7435 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7436 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7437 size_t symbuf_count
;
7438 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7440 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7441 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7442 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7443 size_t filesym_count
;
7446 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7448 struct elf_outext_info
7451 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7452 bfd_boolean need_second_pass
;
7453 bfd_boolean second_pass
;
7454 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7455 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7459 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7461 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7462 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7463 relocations themselves.
7465 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7466 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7467 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7468 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7470 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7471 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7472 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7473 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7476 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7477 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7480 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7481 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7485 <binary-operator> := as in C
7486 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7489 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7490 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7497 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7499 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7501 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7503 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7504 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7506 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7507 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7508 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7509 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7512 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7516 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7517 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7519 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7520 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7521 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7522 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7524 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7525 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7526 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7530 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7532 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7534 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7537 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7538 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7539 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7540 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7543 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7545 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7549 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7552 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7553 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7556 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7557 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7559 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7561 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7563 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7564 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7566 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7567 (unsigned long) *result
);
7573 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7574 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7575 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7579 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7580 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7582 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7583 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7584 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7586 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7587 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7596 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7603 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7604 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7606 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7610 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7611 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7613 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7614 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7617 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7619 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7621 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7625 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7633 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7635 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7640 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7643 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7645 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7654 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7656 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7661 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7676 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7680 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7683 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7684 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7686 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7692 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7693 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7694 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7696 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7697 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7698 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7699 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7701 if (symbol_is_section
)
7703 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7704 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7705 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7707 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7713 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7714 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7715 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7718 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7725 /* All that remains are operators. */
7727 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7728 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7730 sym += strlen (#op); \
7734 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7735 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7738 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7744 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7745 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7747 sym += strlen (#op); \
7751 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7752 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7755 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7756 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7759 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7789 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7796 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7797 unsigned long chunksz
,
7802 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7804 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7812 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7815 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7818 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7822 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7832 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7833 unsigned long chunksz
,
7840 /* Sanity checks. */
7841 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7844 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7845 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7846 && location
!= NULL
);
7848 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7850 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7852 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7853 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7854 of the loop below. */
7858 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7860 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7865 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7868 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7871 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7875 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7886 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7887 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7888 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7889 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7890 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7891 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7892 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7893 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7894 unsigned long encoded
)
7896 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7897 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7898 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7899 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7900 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7901 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7902 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7903 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7906 bfd_reloc_status_type
7907 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7908 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7910 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7913 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7914 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7915 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7917 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7918 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7919 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7920 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7921 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7923 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7924 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7925 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7927 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7930 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7932 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7934 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7935 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7938 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7939 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7940 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7941 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7942 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7943 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7944 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7949 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7950 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7951 ? complain_overflow_signed
7952 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7953 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7957 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7960 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7961 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7962 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7963 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7964 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7965 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7967 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7968 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7972 /* qsort comparison functions sorting external relocs by r_offset. */
7975 cmp_ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
7982 const union aligned32
*a
7983 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
7984 const union aligned32
*b
7985 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
7987 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
7988 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
7989 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
7990 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
7991 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0]
7992 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
7993 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
7994 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3] << 24);
7997 else if (aval
> bval
)
8003 cmp_ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8010 const union aligned32
*a
8011 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8012 const union aligned32
*b
8013 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8015 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8016 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8017 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8018 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8019 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0] << 24
8020 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 16
8021 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 8
8022 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3]);
8025 else if (aval
> bval
)
8030 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8032 cmp_ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8039 const union aligned64
*a
8040 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8041 const union aligned64
*b
8042 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8044 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8045 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8046 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8047 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8048 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8049 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8050 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8051 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8052 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0]
8053 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
8054 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
8055 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 24
8056 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 32
8057 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 40
8058 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 48
8059 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7] << 56);
8062 else if (aval
> bval
)
8068 cmp_ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8075 const union aligned64
*a
8076 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8077 const union aligned64
*b
8078 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8080 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8081 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8082 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8083 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8084 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8085 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8086 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8087 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8088 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0] << 56
8089 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 48
8090 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 40
8091 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 32
8092 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 24
8093 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 16
8094 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 8
8095 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7]);
8098 else if (aval
> bval
)
8104 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8105 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8106 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8110 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8111 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8115 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8117 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8118 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8119 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8121 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8122 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8124 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8126 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8127 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8129 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8131 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8132 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8137 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8140 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8147 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8151 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8152 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8154 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8157 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8160 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8162 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8163 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8164 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8165 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8166 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8171 int (*compare
) (const void *, const void *);
8173 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8175 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8176 compare
= cmp_ext32l_r_offset
;
8177 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8178 compare
= cmp_ext32b_r_offset
;
8184 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8185 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8186 compare
= cmp_ext64l_r_offset
;
8187 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8188 compare
= cmp_ext64b_r_offset
;
8193 qsort (reldata
->hdr
->contents
, count
, reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
, compare
);
8194 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8195 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8199 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8205 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8206 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8207 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8211 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8213 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8214 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8215 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8217 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8218 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8220 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8222 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8224 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8226 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8228 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8230 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8236 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8238 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8239 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8241 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8243 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8245 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8247 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8249 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8251 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8257 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8259 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8262 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8263 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8264 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8265 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8266 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8267 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8268 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8269 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8270 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8272 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8274 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8275 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8276 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8277 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8278 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8280 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8282 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8283 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8286 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8287 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8288 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8289 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8291 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8293 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8295 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8296 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8297 It is of no help to us. */
8301 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8302 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8305 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8312 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8316 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8318 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8319 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8322 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8323 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8329 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8334 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8336 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8337 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8342 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8343 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8345 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8347 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8349 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8350 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8351 It is of no help to us. */
8355 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8356 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8359 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8366 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8370 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8372 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8373 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8376 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8383 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8388 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8390 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8396 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8400 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8402 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8409 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8410 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8411 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8412 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8416 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8417 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8418 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8419 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8423 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8424 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8425 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8427 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8430 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8431 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8433 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8436 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8440 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8441 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8445 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8446 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8448 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8450 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8451 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8453 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8454 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8456 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8458 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8459 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8460 relocs in this case. */
8465 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8466 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8467 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8469 while (erel
< erelend
)
8471 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8473 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8474 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8475 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8481 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8483 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8485 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8486 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8492 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8493 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8495 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8496 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8498 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8501 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8503 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8504 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8506 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8507 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8510 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8511 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8512 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8513 while (erel
< erelend
)
8515 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8516 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8523 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8527 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8530 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8533 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8539 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8540 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8541 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8542 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8543 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8546 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8547 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8553 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8556 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8558 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8559 asection
*input_sec
,
8560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8563 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8564 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8565 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8567 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8569 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8570 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8571 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8573 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8578 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8579 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8580 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8581 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8584 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8586 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8590 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8592 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8596 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8597 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8598 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8600 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8604 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8605 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8607 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8609 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8610 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8611 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8613 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8616 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8617 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8618 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8623 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8626 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8628 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8629 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8631 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8633 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8634 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8635 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8636 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8642 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8643 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8644 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8645 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8646 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8649 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8650 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8654 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8656 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8659 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8660 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8661 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8663 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8669 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8670 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8671 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8672 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8673 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8677 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8678 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8679 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8682 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8683 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8686 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8688 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8690 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8693 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8694 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8695 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8696 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8698 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8699 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8700 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8701 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8702 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8704 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8706 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8708 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8709 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8712 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8714 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8715 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8717 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8722 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8723 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8726 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8729 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8731 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8734 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8735 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8736 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8737 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8740 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8741 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8742 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8750 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8751 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8752 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8755 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8756 unsigned short version_index
;
8758 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8759 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8762 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8765 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8768 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8770 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8772 && h
->forced_local
))
8774 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8775 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8776 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8781 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8782 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8784 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8798 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8799 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8800 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8801 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8802 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8806 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8808 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8809 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8810 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8812 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8813 asection
*input_sec
;
8814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8818 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8820 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8821 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8825 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8826 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8828 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8830 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
8831 && !((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8832 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8833 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
))
8836 if (!eoinfo
->file_sym_done
8837 && (eoinfo
->second_pass
? eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1
8838 : eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
> 1))
8840 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
8841 with the wrong input file. */
8842 memset (&sym
, 0, sizeof (sym
));
8843 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8844 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8845 if (!elf_link_output_sym (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &sym
,
8846 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
8849 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
8854 if (h
->forced_local
)
8858 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8860 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8862 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8863 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8864 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8865 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8867 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8869 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8870 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8871 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8872 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8874 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8877 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8878 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8879 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8881 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8882 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8883 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8885 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8886 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8889 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8895 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8896 shared libraries. */
8897 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8898 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8903 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8904 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8910 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8911 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8912 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8914 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8915 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8916 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8917 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8919 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8920 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8921 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8922 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8923 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8924 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8926 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8930 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8931 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8932 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8936 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8938 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8942 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8944 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8945 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8946 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8948 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8949 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8950 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8951 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8952 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8953 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8955 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8956 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8957 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8958 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8963 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8964 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8965 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8968 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8969 && !h
->forced_local
)
8973 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8974 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8975 if (h
->forced_local
)
8977 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8978 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8979 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8981 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8982 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8983 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8984 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8985 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8986 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8988 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8989 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8991 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8994 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8995 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8999 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9000 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9001 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9002 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9005 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9006 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9008 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9009 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9011 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
&& flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1)
9013 bfd_boolean second_pass_sym
9014 = (input_sec
->owner
== flinfo
->output_bfd
9015 || input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9016 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
9017 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0);
9019 eoinfo
->need_second_pass
|= second_pass_sym
;
9020 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
!= second_pass_sym
)
9025 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9026 input_sec
->output_section
);
9027 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9030 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9031 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9032 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9033 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9037 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9038 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9040 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9041 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9043 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9044 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9046 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9047 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9048 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9051 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
9052 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
9053 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
9060 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9061 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9062 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9063 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9068 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9069 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9070 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9071 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9074 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9075 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9076 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9077 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9078 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9079 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9080 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9084 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9085 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9086 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9087 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9088 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9089 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9091 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9092 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9094 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
9095 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9096 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9097 || !h
->forced_local
)
9098 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9100 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9101 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9103 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9108 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9109 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9110 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9111 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9112 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9113 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9114 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9116 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9117 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9120 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9122 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9123 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9126 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9127 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9129 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9130 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9133 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9134 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9135 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9136 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9137 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9142 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9143 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9144 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9145 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9146 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9147 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9152 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9153 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9154 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9155 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9157 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9158 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9159 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9160 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9164 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9165 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9166 the entry in the .hash section. */
9167 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9169 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9173 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9174 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9175 have a run-time problem. */
9176 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9178 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9180 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9182 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9183 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9184 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9185 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9190 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9191 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9192 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9194 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9197 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9199 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9201 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9202 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9207 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9208 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9211 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9212 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9213 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9214 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9215 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9217 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9218 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9219 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9222 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9224 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9225 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9227 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9229 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9230 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9231 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9232 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9234 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9238 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9239 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9241 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9242 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9247 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9249 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9250 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9251 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9255 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
9256 there's nothing else to do. */
9257 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9260 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9261 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9264 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9269 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9275 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9276 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9279 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9281 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9283 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9285 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9286 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9292 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9293 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9294 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9300 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9301 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9302 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9303 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9304 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9305 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9306 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9307 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9310 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9312 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9315 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9318 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9321 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9324 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9327 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9328 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9330 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9331 asection
*s
= first
;
9335 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9338 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9346 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9347 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9351 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9355 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9358 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9359 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9361 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9362 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9364 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9369 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9370 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9371 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9372 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9375 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9377 int (*relocate_section
)
9378 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9384 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9388 asection
**ppsection
;
9390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9392 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9393 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9395 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9397 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9398 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9399 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9401 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9402 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9404 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9407 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9408 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9410 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9415 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9416 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9419 /* Read the local symbols. */
9420 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9421 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9423 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9424 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9425 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9426 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9427 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9431 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9432 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9433 going into the output file. */
9434 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9435 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9437 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9441 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9447 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9449 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9456 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9457 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9458 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9459 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9460 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9461 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9464 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9467 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9468 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9472 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9473 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9475 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9476 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9482 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9483 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9486 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9488 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9489 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9494 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9496 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9499 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9500 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9501 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9502 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9504 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9507 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9508 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9509 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9510 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9511 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9512 isec
->output_section
))
9515 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9516 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9521 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9522 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9523 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9525 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9526 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9527 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9528 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9531 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9533 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9534 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9538 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9539 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9540 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9541 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9542 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9543 source file, but the best we can do. */
9544 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9545 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9546 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9547 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9548 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9549 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, input_bfd
->filename
, &osym
,
9550 bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9556 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9557 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9558 isec
->output_section
);
9559 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9562 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9563 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9564 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9565 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9566 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9567 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9568 these requirements. */
9569 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9570 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9572 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9573 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9575 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9576 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9577 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9581 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9582 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9589 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9597 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9602 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9603 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9604 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9608 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9610 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9614 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9615 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9617 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9618 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9619 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9620 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9622 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9623 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9624 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9626 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9627 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9628 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9629 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9630 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9632 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9634 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9636 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9637 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9638 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9642 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9644 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9645 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9646 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9651 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9652 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9657 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9659 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9662 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9664 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9665 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9669 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9673 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9674 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9678 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9679 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9682 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9684 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9689 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9690 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9691 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9692 the routines which work on output files. */
9693 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9695 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9696 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
9698 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
9700 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
9701 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9706 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9707 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9711 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9713 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9715 int action_discarded
;
9718 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9720 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9721 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9722 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9723 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9726 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9727 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9728 if (o
->size
> address_size
9729 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9730 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9731 ".init_array") == 0)
9732 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9733 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9734 ".fini_array") == 0))
9735 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9737 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9739 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9740 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9741 "multiple of address size"),
9743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9746 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9749 action_discarded
= -1;
9750 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9751 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9753 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9754 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9755 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9756 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9757 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9759 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9760 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9761 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9763 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9764 unsigned int s_type
;
9765 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9766 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9767 const char *sym_name
;
9769 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9772 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9773 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9774 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9776 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9778 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9779 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9780 we do not seg fault. */
9785 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9786 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9787 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9788 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9789 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9794 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9795 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9796 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9801 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9802 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9803 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9805 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9809 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9811 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9812 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9813 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9817 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9818 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9821 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9822 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9824 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9825 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9826 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9827 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9828 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9829 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9830 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9831 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9832 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9834 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9835 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9838 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9839 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9844 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9846 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9847 discarded section. */
9848 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9850 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9851 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9852 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9853 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9854 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9855 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9857 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9858 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9859 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9860 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9861 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9862 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9863 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9867 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9879 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9881 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9882 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9883 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9884 reloc addend as necessary.
9886 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9887 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9889 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9890 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9891 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9893 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9894 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9895 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9896 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9897 the addend to be adjusted. */
9899 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9900 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9908 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9909 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9911 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9912 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9913 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9914 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9917 unsigned int next_erel
;
9918 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9919 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9921 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9922 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9923 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9925 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9927 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9928 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9929 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9930 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9931 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9933 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9934 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9935 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9936 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9937 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9938 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9939 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9940 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9941 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9943 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9945 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9947 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9953 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9955 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9956 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9957 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9960 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9963 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9965 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9966 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9967 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9968 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9970 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9972 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9976 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9978 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9979 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9980 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9982 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9984 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9985 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9988 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9989 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9990 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9992 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9995 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9996 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9997 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9998 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
9999 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10000 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10001 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10002 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10003 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10004 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10005 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10006 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10008 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10009 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10010 used by a reloc. */
10011 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10019 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10022 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10023 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10024 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10026 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10027 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10028 processor specific section. */
10029 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10030 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10032 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10034 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10039 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10041 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10042 section will be the absolute section. In
10043 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10044 the kept section. relocate_section should
10045 have already handled discarded linkonce
10047 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10048 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10049 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10051 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10052 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10055 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10057 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10058 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10060 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10061 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10063 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10064 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10069 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10070 section winds up in the output section. */
10072 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10076 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10078 unsigned long shlink
;
10083 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10085 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10086 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10090 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10091 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10092 must output it now. */
10093 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10094 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10095 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10099 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10101 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10103 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10106 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10107 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
10109 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10110 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10112 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10114 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10115 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10116 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10121 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10122 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
10127 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10132 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10135 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10136 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10139 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10140 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10141 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10143 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10148 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10149 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10150 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10153 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10154 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10156 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10165 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10166 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10167 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10170 /* Section written out. */
10172 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10174 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10175 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10177 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10178 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10181 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10182 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10183 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10186 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10188 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10195 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10196 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10198 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10199 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10200 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10202 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10205 todo
-= address_size
;
10206 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10214 offset
+= address_size
;
10218 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10232 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10233 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10234 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10238 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10239 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10240 asection
*output_section
,
10241 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10243 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10247 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10251 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10254 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10256 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10263 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10266 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10267 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10268 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10275 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10276 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10277 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10279 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10280 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10281 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10287 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10288 actually against the section. */
10289 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10290 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10291 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10292 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10294 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10295 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10299 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10300 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10301 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10302 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10303 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10304 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10305 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10307 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10309 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10310 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10317 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10318 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10324 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10326 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10328 bfd_size_type size
;
10329 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10332 const char *sym_name
;
10334 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10335 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10338 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10345 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10348 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10349 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10350 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10351 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10353 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10354 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10355 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10356 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10363 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10364 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10370 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10371 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10373 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10374 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10375 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10377 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10379 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10380 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10381 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10383 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10384 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10386 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10388 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10389 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10390 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10392 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10393 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10397 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10398 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10399 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10408 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10411 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10413 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10417 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10418 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10419 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10420 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10422 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10423 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10424 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10425 where elfsec is 0. */
10428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10429 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10430 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10431 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10432 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10437 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10438 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10443 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10444 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10447 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10452 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10453 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10456 return apos
> bpos
;
10460 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10461 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10462 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10463 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10466 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10468 int seen_linkorder
;
10471 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10475 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10476 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10480 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10482 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10483 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10485 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10487 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10489 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10490 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10491 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10492 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10493 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10494 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10508 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10510 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10511 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10513 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10516 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10523 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10526 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10527 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10528 if (sections
== NULL
)
10530 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10532 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10534 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10536 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10537 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10538 compare_link_order
);
10540 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10542 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10544 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10545 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10546 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10547 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10548 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10549 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10557 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
10561 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
10562 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
10563 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
10564 free (flinfo
->contents
);
10565 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
10566 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
10567 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
10568 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
10569 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
10570 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
10571 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
10572 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10573 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
10574 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
10575 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
10576 free (flinfo
->indices
);
10577 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
10578 free (flinfo
->sections
);
10579 if (flinfo
->symbuf
!= NULL
)
10580 free (flinfo
->symbuf
);
10581 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
10582 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
10583 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10585 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10586 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10587 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
10588 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10589 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
10593 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10596 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10598 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10599 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10601 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10603 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10605 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10606 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10607 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10608 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10609 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10611 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10613 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10615 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10617 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10618 bfd_boolean merged
;
10619 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10620 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10622 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10623 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10624 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10626 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10630 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10632 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10633 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10635 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10636 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10638 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10639 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10640 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10641 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10646 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10647 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10648 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10652 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10653 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10654 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10655 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10656 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10659 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10660 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10661 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10662 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10663 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10664 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10665 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10666 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10667 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10668 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10669 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10670 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10671 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10673 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10674 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10676 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10677 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10679 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10680 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10682 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10684 asection
*input_section
;
10686 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10688 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10689 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10690 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10691 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10694 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10697 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10699 /* Skip this section later on. */
10700 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10703 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10707 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10708 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10709 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10710 max_contents_size
= 0;
10711 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10712 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10714 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10716 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10718 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10719 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10721 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10723 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10724 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10726 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10727 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10729 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10733 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10734 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10736 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10737 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10738 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10739 the linker has decided to not include. */
10740 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10742 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10745 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10746 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10747 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10748 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10749 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10751 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10752 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10753 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10754 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10756 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10757 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10758 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10759 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10761 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10763 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10764 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10768 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10769 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10770 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10772 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10774 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10775 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10777 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10778 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10779 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10781 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10783 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10785 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10786 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10787 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10788 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10790 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10791 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10792 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10793 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10798 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10801 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10803 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10804 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10807 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10808 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10809 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10814 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10816 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10820 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10821 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10824 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10825 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10826 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10827 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10830 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10831 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10832 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10833 sections are handled correctly. */
10834 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10835 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10839 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10840 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10841 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10843 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10844 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10845 to create a symbol table. */
10846 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10847 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10848 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10851 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10852 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10854 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10855 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10858 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10862 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10866 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10867 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10868 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10869 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10872 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10873 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
10874 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
10875 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
10876 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10877 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10878 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10879 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10880 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10881 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10882 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10883 /* sh_info is set below. */
10884 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10885 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10887 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
10888 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10890 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
10891 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10892 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10894 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10895 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10896 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10897 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10899 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10900 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10901 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10902 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10903 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10905 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10907 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10908 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10909 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10910 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10911 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10912 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10916 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10918 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10921 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10922 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10923 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10924 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10925 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10926 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10927 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10932 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10933 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10934 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10935 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10936 outputting relocs. */
10937 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10940 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10941 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10942 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10943 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10944 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10945 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10947 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10950 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10951 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10952 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10953 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10954 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10960 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10962 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10964 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10965 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10969 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10971 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10972 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10976 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10978 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10979 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10980 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10981 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10985 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10987 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10988 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10989 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10992 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10993 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10994 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10997 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10998 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10999 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11002 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11003 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11004 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11008 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11010 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11011 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11012 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11016 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11018 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11021 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11022 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11025 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11028 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11030 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11033 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11035 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11037 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11038 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11039 alignment requirements. */
11040 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11041 end
= align_power (end
,
11042 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11043 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11046 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11047 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11049 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11053 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11054 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11055 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11056 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11057 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11059 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11060 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11061 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11062 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11063 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11064 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11065 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11066 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11067 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11068 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11069 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11070 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11071 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11073 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11074 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11075 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11077 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11079 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11080 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11081 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11082 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11084 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11086 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11088 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11091 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11092 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11094 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11099 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11101 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11102 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11103 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11104 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11105 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11107 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11109 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
11111 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11112 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11116 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11117 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11121 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11122 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11123 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11132 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11133 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11135 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11136 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11137 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11139 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11140 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11144 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11145 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11146 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11147 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11148 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11149 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11150 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11151 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11152 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11153 eoinfo
.need_second_pass
= FALSE
;
11154 eoinfo
.second_pass
= FALSE
;
11155 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11156 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11160 if (eoinfo
.need_second_pass
)
11162 eoinfo
.second_pass
= TRUE
;
11163 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11168 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11169 table, do it now. */
11170 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11172 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11173 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11174 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11176 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11177 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11181 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11182 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11183 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11184 converted to local in a version script. */
11186 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11187 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11190 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11191 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11193 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11194 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11195 long last_local
= 0;
11197 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11198 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11204 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11206 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11208 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11214 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11217 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11218 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11219 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11220 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11222 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11223 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11224 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11225 last_local
= dynindx
;
11226 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11230 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11233 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11234 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11239 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11240 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11241 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11243 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11245 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11250 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11251 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11253 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11255 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11258 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11259 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11261 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11262 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11266 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11270 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11271 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11272 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11273 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11274 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11278 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11279 table, do it now. */
11280 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11282 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11283 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11286 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11287 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11291 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11292 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11295 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11296 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11298 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11299 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11301 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11302 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11303 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11304 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11305 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11307 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11310 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11311 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11316 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11318 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11319 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11320 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11321 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11322 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11323 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11324 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11325 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11326 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11327 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11328 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11330 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11331 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11333 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11335 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11336 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11340 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11341 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11343 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11345 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11348 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11349 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11350 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
);
11351 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11352 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
);
11354 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11355 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11356 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11359 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11360 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11362 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11363 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11366 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11368 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11369 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11370 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11372 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11373 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11374 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11376 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11380 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11387 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11389 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11391 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11392 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11395 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11402 name
= info
->init_function
;
11405 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11408 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11410 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11411 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11413 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11414 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11416 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11417 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11418 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11419 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11420 + o
->output_offset
);
11423 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11424 library and does not apply to this one. */
11425 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11432 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11433 name
= ".preinit_array";
11435 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11436 name
= ".init_array";
11438 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11439 name
= ".fini_array";
11441 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11444 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11445 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11449 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11450 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11451 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11454 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11455 name
= ".preinit_array";
11457 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11458 name
= ".init_array";
11460 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11461 name
= ".fini_array";
11468 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11477 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11480 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11483 name
= ".gnu.version";
11485 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11488 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11489 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11492 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11494 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11495 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11496 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11499 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11506 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11510 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11511 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11512 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11517 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11518 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11520 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11521 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11524 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11525 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11526 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11532 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11536 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11537 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11539 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11542 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11543 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11544 || info
->error_textrel
)
11545 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11547 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11549 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11550 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11551 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11553 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11555 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11557 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11559 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11560 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11561 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11563 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11564 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11570 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11572 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11574 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11576 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11578 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11579 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11582 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11584 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11586 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11588 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11589 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11591 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11597 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11599 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11600 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11601 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11602 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11608 if (info
->relocatable
)
11610 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11612 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11617 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11618 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11620 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11624 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11627 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11629 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11633 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11634 if (contents
== NULL
)
11635 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11636 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11637 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11644 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11648 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11651 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11652 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11657 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11658 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11660 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11661 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11662 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11663 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11665 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11666 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11670 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11671 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11674 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11675 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11677 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11679 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11680 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11682 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11683 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11685 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11687 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11690 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11691 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11696 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11699 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11701 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11703 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11704 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11705 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11706 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11709 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11710 of input bfd ABFD. */
11713 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11714 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11717 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11719 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11721 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11722 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11726 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11728 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11729 info
->keep_memory
);
11730 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11732 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11733 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11734 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11736 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11740 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11744 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11747 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11748 free (cookie
->rels
);
11751 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11754 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11755 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11758 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11760 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11765 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11770 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11774 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11777 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11778 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11781 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11783 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11786 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11787 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11788 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11789 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11790 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11792 const char *sec_name
;
11796 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11798 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11799 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11800 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11802 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11803 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11805 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11806 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11807 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11808 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11809 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11810 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11811 representable as a C identifier. */
11812 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11813 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11814 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11815 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11819 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11823 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
11825 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11827 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11837 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11842 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11843 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11844 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11847 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11848 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11849 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11851 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11852 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11854 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11855 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11858 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11859 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11861 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11862 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11863 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11864 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11866 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11867 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11868 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11869 handling copy relocs. */
11870 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11871 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11872 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11875 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11876 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11879 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11880 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11881 the relocation symbol. */
11884 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11886 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11887 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11891 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11892 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11894 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11895 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11897 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11903 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11904 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11905 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11908 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11910 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11913 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11917 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11918 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11919 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11920 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11923 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11925 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11926 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11927 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11928 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11930 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11932 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11936 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11937 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11942 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11946 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11948 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11950 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11954 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11955 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11957 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11964 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11967 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11968 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11972 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
11975 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
11976 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
11978 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11981 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
11982 see if any other section is already marked,
11983 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
11984 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
11985 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11987 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
11989 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
11992 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
11993 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
11994 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
11995 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
11998 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
11999 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12003 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12004 not part of a group, or when we have single-member groups. */
12005 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12006 if ((elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
12007 || elf_next_in_group (isec
) == isec
)
12008 && ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12009 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0))
12012 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12015 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12016 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12017 are associated with that code section. */
12018 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12019 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12020 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12025 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12027 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12028 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12029 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12031 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12035 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12036 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12039 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12042 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12043 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12054 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12056 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12058 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12059 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12064 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12067 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12068 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12069 && !(h
->def_regular
12070 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12071 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12072 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12074 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12076 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12077 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12078 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12079 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12080 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12086 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12088 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12089 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12092 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12095 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12096 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12097 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12098 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12100 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12104 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12107 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12109 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12110 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12111 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12113 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12115 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12116 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12122 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12123 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12126 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12127 to remove a section from the output. */
12128 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12130 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12131 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12133 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12134 info we collected before. */
12136 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12137 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12138 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12139 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12140 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12142 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12146 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12147 info
->keep_memory
);
12148 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12151 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12153 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12154 free (internal_relocs
);
12162 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12163 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12164 static symbol table as well? */
12165 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12166 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12167 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12170 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12174 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12175 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12178 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12180 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12181 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12184 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12185 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12188 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12189 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12192 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12193 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12195 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12197 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12199 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12200 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12205 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12207 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12208 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12210 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12213 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12214 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12216 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12217 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12218 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12233 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12236 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12237 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12238 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12239 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12241 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12242 well as those that are not loaded. */
12243 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12246 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12247 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12249 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12250 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12251 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12253 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12255 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12256 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12257 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12259 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12261 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12262 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12264 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12265 if (h
->vtable
->used
12266 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12268 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12269 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12272 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12273 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12279 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12280 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12284 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12286 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12287 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
12289 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12290 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12293 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12294 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12295 && (!info
->executable
12296 || info
->export_dynamic
12299 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
12300 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12301 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12302 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12303 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12308 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12309 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12312 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12314 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12316 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12320 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12321 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12324 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12325 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12326 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12327 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12331 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12334 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12336 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12338 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12340 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12342 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12343 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12345 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12349 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12350 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12352 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12353 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12354 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12357 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12359 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12360 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12362 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12363 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12364 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12365 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12366 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12367 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12371 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12372 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
12376 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12377 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
12381 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12382 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
12383 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
12385 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12386 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12387 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12391 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12394 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12395 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12397 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12399 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12400 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12401 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12402 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12404 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12409 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12410 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12412 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12413 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12416 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12419 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12426 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12429 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12430 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12432 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12433 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12434 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12436 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12437 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12439 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12440 offset as the relocation. */
12441 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12443 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12444 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12445 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12446 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12447 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12451 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12452 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12453 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12457 if (!child
->vtable
)
12459 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12460 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12461 if (!child
->vtable
)
12466 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12467 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12468 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12469 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12471 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12474 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12479 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12482 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12483 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12487 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12488 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12492 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12493 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12498 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12500 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12501 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12503 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12505 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12506 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12507 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12511 if (addend
>= size
)
12513 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12514 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12515 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12518 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12520 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12521 consolidation pass. */
12522 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12526 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12532 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12533 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12534 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12538 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12543 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12544 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12545 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12548 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12553 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12557 flagword flag_value
;
12558 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12560 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12562 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12563 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12564 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12565 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12566 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12567 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12568 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12569 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12570 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12571 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12572 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12573 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12576 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12578 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12579 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12582 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12584 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12586 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12588 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12590 int without_hex
= 0;
12592 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12595 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12597 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12598 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12600 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12604 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12605 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12606 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12607 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12612 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12614 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12616 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12617 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12618 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12619 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12626 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12627 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12631 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12632 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12633 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12636 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12639 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12645 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12647 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12650 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12651 to real got offsets. */
12654 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12656 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12657 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12658 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12660 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12662 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12663 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12666 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12671 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12672 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12675 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12676 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12679 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12681 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12683 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12685 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12688 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12689 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12690 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12693 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12695 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12696 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12698 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12699 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12700 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12702 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12705 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12709 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12710 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12711 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12713 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12715 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12717 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12719 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12720 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12723 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12727 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12728 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12729 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12730 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12731 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12732 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12737 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12738 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12741 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12743 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12746 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12747 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12751 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12753 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12755 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12756 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12758 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12760 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12762 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12763 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12765 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12768 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12769 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12772 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12773 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12775 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12777 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12779 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12780 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12781 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12783 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12784 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12785 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
12786 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
12787 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
12792 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12793 but it could be a relocation against a local
12794 symbol for a discarded section. */
12796 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12798 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12799 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12800 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12802 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
12803 || discarded_section (isec
)))
12811 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12812 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
12813 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
12814 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
12817 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12819 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12824 if (info
->traditional_format
12825 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12828 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
12833 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12836 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
12837 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
12841 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12844 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12847 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
12848 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
12849 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12853 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12857 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
12862 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12868 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12871 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12874 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
12875 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
12876 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12880 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12884 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
12886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12888 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12891 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12893 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
12895 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12898 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12901 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12905 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12906 && !info
->relocatable
12907 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12914 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12916 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12919 const char *name
, *key
;
12920 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12921 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12923 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12926 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12928 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12929 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12930 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12933 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12934 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12935 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12938 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
12940 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12941 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12942 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12943 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12946 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
12947 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12948 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12951 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
12952 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
12953 single member groups. */
12957 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
12959 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12961 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12962 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
12963 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
12964 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
12965 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
12966 type of section. */
12967 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12968 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12969 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
12970 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
12972 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12973 issue a warning. */
12974 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
12977 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12979 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12980 asection
*s
= first
;
12984 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12985 /* Record which group discards it. */
12986 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12987 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12988 /* These lists are circular. */
12998 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
12999 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13000 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13002 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13004 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13005 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13006 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13007 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13008 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13010 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13011 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13012 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13017 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13018 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13019 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13021 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13024 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13025 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13027 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13028 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13033 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13034 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13035 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13036 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13037 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13038 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13039 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13040 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13041 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13042 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13043 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13045 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13046 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13047 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13048 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13050 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13051 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13055 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13056 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13057 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13058 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13062 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13064 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13068 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13074 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13076 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13080 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13081 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13082 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13083 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13084 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13086 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13087 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13090 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13092 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13094 static const char *
13095 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13097 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13100 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13101 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13103 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13106 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13107 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13112 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13113 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13114 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13118 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13120 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13122 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13124 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13126 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13130 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13132 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13133 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13140 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13141 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13142 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13145 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13146 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13147 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13148 string table associated with ABFD. */
13151 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
13153 unsigned int alignment
,
13155 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13157 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13159 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13161 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13166 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13168 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13170 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13171 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13172 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13173 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13175 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13176 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13178 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13179 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13180 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13181 seen to be a .rela section. */
13182 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13183 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13188 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13194 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13195 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13196 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13197 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13199 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13200 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13201 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13203 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13205 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13207 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13208 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13210 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
13211 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
13214 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13217 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13220 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13221 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13222 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13225 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13228 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13230 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13231 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13232 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13233 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);